1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab *got_entries;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab *bfd2got;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info *next;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
150 struct mips_got_info *g;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info *info;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info *primary;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info *current;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info *g;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs;
192 struct bfd_link_info *info;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info *info;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
209 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection *call_fp_stub;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info *info;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
403 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
474 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *,
491 bfd_vma, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips16_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
501 bfd_vma *, asection *);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
506 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
714 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
715 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
717 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
718 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] = {
719 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
720 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
721 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
722 0x00000000, /* nop */
723 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
727 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
728 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] = {
729 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
730 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
731 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
732 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
733 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
734 0x00000000, /* nop */
735 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
739 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
740 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] = {
741 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
742 0x00000000, /* nop */
743 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
744 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 0x00000000, /* nop */
749 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
750 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] = {
751 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
752 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
755 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
757 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
758 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
759 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
762 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
764 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
765 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
767 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
770 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
772 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
773 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
775 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
776 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
778 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
779 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
782 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
784 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
785 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
787 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
791 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
793 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
794 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
796 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
799 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
801 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
802 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
803 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
805 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
806 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
808 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
811 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
813 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
815 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
816 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
817 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
821 /* Set local fields. */
822 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
823 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
824 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
826 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
827 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
828 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
830 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
831 ret->call_stub = NULL;
832 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
833 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
834 ret->is_branch_target = FALSE;
835 ret->is_relocation_target = FALSE;
836 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
839 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
843 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
845 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
847 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
848 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
850 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
853 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
856 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
859 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
860 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
863 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
864 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
867 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
870 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
871 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
873 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
874 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
877 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
878 swap->external_hdr_size))
881 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
882 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
884 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
886 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
887 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
891 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
892 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
893 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
895 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
896 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
900 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
901 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
902 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
903 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
904 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
905 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
907 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
908 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
909 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
910 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
911 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
921 if (debug->line != NULL)
923 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
924 free (debug->external_dnr);
925 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
926 free (debug->external_pdr);
927 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
928 free (debug->external_sym);
929 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
930 free (debug->external_opt);
931 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
932 free (debug->external_aux);
933 if (debug->ss != NULL)
935 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
937 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
938 free (debug->external_fdr);
939 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
940 free (debug->external_rfd);
941 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
942 free (debug->external_ext);
946 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
949 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
951 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
953 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
954 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
955 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
956 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
958 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
959 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
961 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
964 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
967 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
968 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
969 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
971 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
972 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
974 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
976 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
977 struct sym_ext *esym;
982 unsigned long sindex;
986 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
994 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
996 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1000 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1002 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1006 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1009 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1010 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1014 size = sizeof (char *);
1015 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1019 count = hdr->isymMax;
1020 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1021 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1025 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1028 count = hdr->issMax;
1029 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1032 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1035 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1036 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1038 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1039 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1040 rp->adr = sym.value;
1041 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1042 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1043 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1044 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1045 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1046 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1047 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1049 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1050 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1054 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1055 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1056 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1063 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1066 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1068 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1069 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1070 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1071 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1073 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1074 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1075 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1077 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1079 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1081 s->contents = rtproc;
1083 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1084 matters, but someday it might). */
1085 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1114 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1118 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1119 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1121 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1122 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1124 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1125 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1127 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1128 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1129 being included in the link. */
1130 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1131 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1132 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1133 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1136 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1137 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1139 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1140 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1141 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1142 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1143 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1144 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1145 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1148 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1149 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1151 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1152 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1153 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1154 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1155 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1156 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1157 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1163 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1164 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1167 The format of these instructions is:
1169 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1170 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1171 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1173 +-----------------------------------------------+
1175 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1176 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1178 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1179 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1180 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1181 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1182 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1183 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1184 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1185 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1186 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1187 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1190 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1191 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1192 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1193 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1194 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1195 value as two 16-bit values.
1197 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1205 +--------+----------------------+
1208 +----------+------+-------------+
1212 +----------+--------------------+
1213 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1214 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1216 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1217 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1218 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1219 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1220 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1222 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1223 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1226 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1227 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1228 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1229 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1231 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1234 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1235 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1236 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1238 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1239 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1240 little-endian system.
1242 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1243 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1244 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1245 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1249 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
1250 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
1252 bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
1254 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
1255 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
1258 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1259 extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
1260 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
1261 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
1264 val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11)
1265 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn;
1267 val = extend << 16 | insn;
1270 val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11)
1271 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f);
1272 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
1276 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
1277 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
1279 bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
1281 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
1282 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
1285 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
1286 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
1290 insn = val & 0xffff;
1291 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
1292 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
1296 insn = val & 0xffff;
1302 insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
1303 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
1305 bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2);
1306 bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data);
1309 bfd_reloc_status_type
1310 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1311 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1312 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1316 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1318 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1321 relocation = symbol->value;
1323 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1324 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1326 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1327 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1329 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1330 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1332 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1334 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1335 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1336 an external symbol. */
1338 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1339 val += relocation - gp;
1341 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1343 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1345 + reloc_entry->address);
1346 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1350 reloc_entry->addend = val;
1353 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1355 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1358 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1359 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1360 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1365 struct mips_hi16 *next;
1367 asection *input_section;
1371 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1373 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
1375 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1376 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1377 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1379 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1380 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1381 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1382 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1384 bfd_reloc_status_type
1385 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1386 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
1387 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1388 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1390 struct mips_hi16 *n;
1392 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1395 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
1397 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1399 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
1401 n->input_section = input_section;
1402 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
1405 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1406 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1408 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1411 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1412 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1413 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1415 bfd_reloc_status_type
1416 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1417 void *data, asection *input_section,
1418 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1420 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
1421 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
1422 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
1423 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1425 input_section, output_bfd,
1428 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1429 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1432 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1433 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1434 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1436 bfd_reloc_status_type
1437 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1438 void *data, asection *input_section,
1439 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1442 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
1444 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1445 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1447 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
1449 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
1450 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
1453 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
1455 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
1456 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
1458 hi = mips_hi16_list;
1460 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1461 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1462 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1463 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1464 has a rightshift of 0. */
1465 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
1466 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
1468 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1469 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1470 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1472 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
1473 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
1475 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
1478 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
1482 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1483 input_section, output_bfd,
1487 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1488 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1489 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1491 bfd_reloc_status_type
1492 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1493 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1494 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1495 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1498 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1499 bfd_boolean relocatable;
1501 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
1503 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1504 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1506 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1508 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1510 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1511 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1512 offset or address. */
1513 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1514 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
1519 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1520 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1521 val += symbol->value;
1522 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1524 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
1525 val -= input_section->output_offset;
1526 val -= reloc_entry->address;
1530 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1531 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1532 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1533 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1534 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1535 reloc_entry->addend += val;
1538 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
1540 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1541 val += reloc_entry->addend;
1543 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
1546 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1548 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
1551 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1556 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1558 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1561 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1562 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1565 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
1568 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1569 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1573 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
1574 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
1576 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1577 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1581 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
1582 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1586 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1587 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1588 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1589 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1593 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
1594 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
1598 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1599 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1600 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1601 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1602 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1603 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1604 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1607 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1608 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1609 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
1615 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1616 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1617 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1618 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1619 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1620 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1624 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
1625 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1629 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1630 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1631 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1632 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1635 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1636 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1637 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1638 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1639 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1642 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
1643 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
1645 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1646 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1647 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1648 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1649 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1650 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1651 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1655 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
1656 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1660 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1661 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1662 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1663 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1664 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1667 /* Swap in an options header. */
1670 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
1671 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
1673 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1674 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1675 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1676 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1679 /* Swap out an options header. */
1682 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
1683 Elf_External_Options *ex)
1685 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1686 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1687 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1688 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1691 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1692 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1695 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1697 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1698 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1701 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1702 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1704 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1708 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
1710 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
1715 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1718 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1719 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1722 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1723 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1725 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1726 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1727 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1728 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1730 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
1732 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
1735 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
1737 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
1746 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1747 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1748 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1749 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1750 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1751 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1752 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1753 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1754 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1755 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1756 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1757 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1758 when generating a final executable. */
1761 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1763 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
1765 asection *sec, *output_section;
1767 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1768 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1770 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1772 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
1773 || h->root.ref_dynamic
1774 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
1775 && !h->root.def_regular
1776 && !h->root.ref_regular)
1778 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1779 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1780 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1781 h->root.root.root.string,
1782 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1790 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1793 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1794 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1795 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1796 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1797 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1798 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1800 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1801 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1805 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1807 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1808 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1809 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1811 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1812 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1813 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1815 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1817 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1818 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1819 h->esym.asym.value =
1820 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1822 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1824 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1825 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1826 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1829 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1831 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1832 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1833 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1838 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1839 output_section = sec->output_section;
1841 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1842 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1843 if (output_section == NULL)
1844 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1847 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1849 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1850 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1851 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1852 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1853 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1854 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1855 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1856 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1857 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1858 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1859 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1860 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1861 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1862 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1863 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1864 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1865 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1867 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1871 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1872 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1875 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1876 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1877 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1878 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1880 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1881 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1882 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1883 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1885 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1886 output_section = sec->output_section;
1887 if (output_section != NULL)
1888 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1889 + sec->output_offset
1890 + output_section->vma);
1892 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1894 else if (h->root.needs_plt)
1896 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1897 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1899 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1901 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1902 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1907 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1908 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1909 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1911 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1914 output_section = sec->output_section;
1915 if (output_section != NULL)
1916 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1917 + sec->output_offset
1918 + output_section->vma);
1920 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1925 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1926 h->root.root.root.string,
1929 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1936 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1939 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
1941 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
1942 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
1944 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1947 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1949 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1952 static INLINE hashval_t
1953 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
1956 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1962 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1963 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1967 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1969 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1971 return entry->symndx
1972 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
1973 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1975 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1976 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1980 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1982 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1983 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1985 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1986 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
1989 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1990 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1991 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1992 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1995 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1996 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1997 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2001 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2003 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2005 return entry->symndx
2007 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2008 : entry->symndx >= 0
2009 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2010 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2012 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2013 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2017 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2019 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2020 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2022 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2023 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2026 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2027 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2030 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2031 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2032 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2033 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2034 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2037 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2038 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2039 if creation fails. */
2042 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2048 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2049 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2050 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
2051 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2053 sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2058 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2061 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2062 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2068 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2071 mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
2073 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
2075 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
2080 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2081 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2084 static struct mips_got_info *
2085 mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
2088 struct mips_got_info *g;
2090 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2091 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
2092 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
2093 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
2094 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2097 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
2102 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2103 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2107 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2108 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2112 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2113 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2115 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2116 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2119 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2121 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2122 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2128 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2135 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2138 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2144 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2145 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2148 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2150 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2151 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2153 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2154 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2159 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2160 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2163 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2165 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2166 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2167 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2169 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2171 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2177 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2178 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2181 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2184 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2185 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2187 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
2192 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2195 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
2201 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
2203 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
2205 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
2206 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
2208 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
2210 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
2211 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2213 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
2216 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2217 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2219 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
2220 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
2223 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2226 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
2227 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
2228 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2233 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
2234 bfd_vma offset, offset2;
2236 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2238 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2239 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
2244 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2246 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
2247 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
2248 indx = h->root.dynindx;
2251 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
2254 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2256 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
2257 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2260 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2261 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2262 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2263 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
2264 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
2266 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2267 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
2269 /* General Dynamic. */
2270 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
2272 offset = got_offset;
2273 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2277 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2278 (abfd, sreloc, indx,
2279 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
2280 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
2283 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2284 (abfd, sreloc, indx,
2285 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
2286 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
2288 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
2289 sgot->contents + offset2);
2293 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
2294 sgot->contents + offset);
2295 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
2296 sgot->contents + offset2);
2299 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2302 /* Initial Exec model. */
2303 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
2305 offset = got_offset;
2310 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
2311 sgot->contents + offset);
2313 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
2314 sgot->contents + offset);
2316 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2317 (abfd, sreloc, indx,
2318 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
2319 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
2322 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
2323 sgot->contents + offset);
2326 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2328 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2329 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2330 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
2331 sgot->contents + got_offset
2332 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
2335 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
2336 sgot->contents + got_offset);
2338 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2339 (abfd, sreloc, indx,
2340 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
2341 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
2344 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
2347 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2348 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2349 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2350 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2353 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
2354 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
2357 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2358 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM);
2360 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
2362 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL)
2364 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
2365 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2366 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2371 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD)
2373 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
2377 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
2379 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
2386 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2387 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2388 will be negative. */
2391 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2392 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2394 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
2395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2397 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
2398 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
2400 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2401 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
2403 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2404 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
2405 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
2408 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2409 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
2410 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
2411 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
2413 return got_address - got_value;
2416 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
2417 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2418 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2419 offset can be found. */
2422 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2423 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
2424 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
2427 struct mips_got_info *g;
2428 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
2430 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
2432 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
2433 value, r_symndx, h, r_type);
2437 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2439 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
2440 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2441 hash table entry to track the index. */
2442 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
2443 r_type, info, h, value);
2445 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
2446 r_type, info, h, value);
2449 return entry->gotidx;
2452 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2455 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2456 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2460 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
2461 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
2463 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
2464 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
2466 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
2468 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
2470 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2471 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2475 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
2478 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
2480 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
2482 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2484 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
2485 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2486 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2487 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
2488 value = (h->root.u.def.value
2489 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
2490 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
2492 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
2493 info, e.d.h, value);
2500 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
2501 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
2503 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2506 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2507 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
2509 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2510 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2511 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
2512 value = (h->root.u.def.value
2513 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
2514 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
2516 index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
2517 r_type, info, hm, value);
2521 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2522 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2523 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2525 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
2526 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
2527 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
2529 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size);
2534 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
2535 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
2536 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
2537 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2538 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2541 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2542 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
2545 struct mips_got_info *g;
2546 bfd_vma page, index;
2547 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
2549 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
2551 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
2552 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
2553 page, 0, NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
2558 index = entry->gotidx;
2561 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
2566 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
2567 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2568 that has been forced local. */
2571 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2572 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
2575 struct mips_got_info *g;
2576 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
2578 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2579 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2580 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2581 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2583 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
2585 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
2587 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
2588 value, 0, NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
2590 return entry->gotidx;
2595 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2599 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
2600 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
2604 struct mips_got_info *g;
2606 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
2607 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
2608 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
2610 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
2613 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2614 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2615 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2618 static struct mips_got_entry *
2619 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2620 bfd *ibfd, struct mips_got_info *gg,
2621 asection *sgot, bfd_vma value,
2622 unsigned long r_symndx,
2623 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2626 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2627 struct mips_got_info *g;
2628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2630 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
2634 entry.d.address = value;
2637 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
2640 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
2641 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2644 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2645 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2646 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2647 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2648 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->root.forced_local);
2649 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2651 struct mips_got_entry *p;
2654 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
2656 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
2662 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
2668 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
2669 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
2675 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2680 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
2683 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2688 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2690 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
2692 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
2693 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2694 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2695 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2700 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
2701 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
2703 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
2704 if (htab->is_vxworks)
2706 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
2709 bfd_vma got_address;
2711 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
2712 got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma
2713 + sgot->output_offset
2716 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
2717 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
2718 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
2719 outrel.r_addend = value;
2720 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
2726 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2727 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2728 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2729 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2730 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2731 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2734 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
2736 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
2737 struct mips_got_info *g;
2740 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2742 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
2745 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
2746 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
2747 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2748 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2749 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2750 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2751 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2752 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2753 too large offsets. */
2754 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
2755 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
2756 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
2757 elf_hash_table (info)),
2758 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
2761 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2762 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2763 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
2764 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
2765 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
2767 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2768 table index in the GOT. */
2769 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
2774 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2775 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2779 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2781 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
2783 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2784 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2786 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2788 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
2791 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2792 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2793 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2795 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
2797 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
2799 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
2800 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2801 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2803 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2804 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2807 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
2809 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2810 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2816 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2817 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2821 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2822 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2823 struct mips_got_info *g,
2824 unsigned char tls_flag)
2826 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2828 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2830 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2832 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2836 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2839 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2843 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2848 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2851 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2854 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2855 need to do it again. */
2858 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
2862 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2868 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
2870 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2872 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2875 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2876 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2877 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2884 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2885 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2888 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
2889 struct mips_got_info *g,
2890 unsigned char tls_flag)
2892 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2895 entry.symndx = symndx;
2896 entry.d.addend = addend;
2897 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
2898 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2899 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2903 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
2906 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
2908 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
2911 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
2919 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
2920 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
2922 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
2924 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
2926 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
2932 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2936 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2941 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2946 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2949 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2951 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2952 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2954 return entry->bfd->id;
2957 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2960 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2962 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2963 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2964 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2965 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2967 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2970 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2971 be the master GOT data. */
2973 static struct mips_got_info *
2974 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2976 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2982 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2983 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2986 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2987 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2991 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
2993 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2994 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2995 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
2996 struct mips_got_info *g;
2997 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
3000 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
3002 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
3003 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
3004 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
3010 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
3011 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
3021 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
3022 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
3023 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3030 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
3031 g->global_gotno = 0;
3033 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
3035 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
3036 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
3037 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
3038 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3039 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3049 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3050 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
3051 if (*entryp != NULL)
3056 if (entry->tls_type)
3058 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
3060 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
3063 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
3071 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3072 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3073 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3074 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3075 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3076 and then make make the new got current. */
3079 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
3081 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
3082 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
3083 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
3084 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
3085 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
3086 unsigned int tcount = bfd2got->g->tls_gotno;
3087 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
3088 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls = FALSE;
3090 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3091 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3092 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3093 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3096 unsigned int primary_total = lcount + tcount + arg->global_count;
3097 if (primary_total > maxcnt)
3098 too_many_for_tls = TRUE;
3101 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3102 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3103 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt
3104 && ! too_many_for_tls)
3106 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
3107 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
3109 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3110 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3111 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3112 else if (arg->primary && ! too_many_for_tls
3113 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount + tcount) <= maxcnt)
3115 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
3116 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
3117 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
3118 int old_tcount = arg->primary->tls_gotno;
3120 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
3122 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
3123 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
3125 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
3128 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
3129 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3130 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3133 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
3134 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
3135 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->primary->tls_gotno);
3137 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
3138 + arg->primary->global_gotno + arg->primary->tls_gotno;
3140 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3141 else if (arg->current
3142 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt)
3144 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
3145 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
3146 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
3147 int old_tcount = arg->current->tls_gotno;
3149 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
3151 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
3152 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
3154 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
3157 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
3159 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
3160 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
3161 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->current->tls_gotno);
3163 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
3164 + arg->current->global_gotno + arg->current->tls_gotno;
3166 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3167 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3168 overflows anyway. */
3171 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
3172 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
3174 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount + 2 * tcount;
3180 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3181 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3184 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
3186 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3187 struct mips_got_info *g = p;
3189 unsigned char tls_type;
3191 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3192 if (entry->tls_type == 0)
3195 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
3197 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
3199 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3200 hash table entry to track its index. */
3201 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
3203 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
3204 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
3205 tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
3209 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
3211 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3212 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3213 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3214 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
3216 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
3219 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
3221 entry->gotidx = next_index;
3222 tls_type = entry->tls_type;
3225 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3226 if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
3227 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
3228 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
3229 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
3234 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3235 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3236 got) to the given VALUE.
3238 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3239 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3240 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3241 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3242 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3243 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3244 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3245 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3248 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
3250 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3251 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
3252 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
3253 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
3255 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
3256 arg->needed_relocs +=
3257 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
3258 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3260 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
3261 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1
3262 && entry->d.h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL)
3266 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
3268 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
3269 if (arg->info->shared
3270 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
3271 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
3272 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
3273 ++arg->needed_relocs;
3276 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
3282 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3283 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3285 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3287 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3289 if (entry->abfd != NULL
3290 && entry->symndx == -1
3291 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
3292 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
3297 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3298 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3299 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3300 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3301 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3302 the traversal must be restarted. */
3304 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
3306 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3307 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
3309 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
3313 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3314 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3315 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3317 if (entry->d.h == h)
3322 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3323 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3324 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
3326 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
3327 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
3330 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3331 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3333 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
3336 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3337 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3343 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3346 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
3352 got_entries = g->got_entries;
3354 htab_traverse (got_entries,
3355 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
3358 while (got_entries == NULL);
3361 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3364 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
3366 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
3369 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3373 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
3377 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
3378 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3381 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3382 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3385 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3386 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
3387 bfd_size_type pages)
3389 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
3390 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
3391 struct mips_got_info *gg;
3392 unsigned int assign;
3394 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
3395 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
3396 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
3399 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
3400 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
3401 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
3403 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3404 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3405 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
3406 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
3409 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
3410 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
3411 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3412 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3413 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3414 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
3415 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
3416 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info) - pages);
3417 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3418 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3420 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
3422 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3423 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3424 to be the primary GOT. */
3425 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
3426 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
3429 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3430 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
3432 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
3433 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3434 if (g->next == NULL)
3437 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
3438 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
3439 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
3440 g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
3441 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
3442 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
3443 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
3444 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
3445 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
3447 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
3449 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
3452 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
3453 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
3455 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3459 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3460 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3461 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3462 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3465 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
3468 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
3469 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
3476 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
3478 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
3482 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3483 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3484 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3487 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3488 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3489 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3490 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3491 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3492 follows IRIX's practice.
3494 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3495 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3496 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3497 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3501 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
3502 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
3503 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
3507 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3508 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3509 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3510 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3511 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3512 their entries can be omitted. */
3513 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
3514 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
3517 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3518 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3519 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
3520 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
3521 &set_got_offset_arg);
3522 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
3523 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
3524 &set_got_offset_arg);
3525 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
3528 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3529 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3530 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3531 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3532 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3533 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3534 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3535 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3536 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3537 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3538 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3539 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3540 points back to the master GOT. */
3541 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
3542 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
3549 struct mips_got_info *gn;
3551 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
3552 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
3553 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
3554 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
3556 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3557 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3558 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3563 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3564 all non-TLS entries. */
3565 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
3566 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
3568 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3571 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3574 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
3578 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
3579 + gg->next->global_gotno
3580 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3586 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3587 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3589 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
3590 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
3591 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3592 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
3594 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
3596 while (relocation < relend)
3598 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
3599 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
3605 /* We didn't find it. */
3609 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3612 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
3613 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3614 asection **local_sections,
3615 bfd_boolean check_forced)
3617 unsigned long r_symndx;
3618 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3619 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3622 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3623 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3624 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3626 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
3628 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
3633 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3634 was forced local. */
3635 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3636 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
3637 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3638 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3639 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3640 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3641 if (h->root.forced_local)
3648 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3651 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
3653 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
3654 /* VALUE is negative. */
3655 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
3660 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3661 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3665 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
3667 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
3669 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
3670 /* The value is too big. */
3672 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
3673 /* The value is too small. */
3680 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3683 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
3685 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3688 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3691 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3694 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3701 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3704 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3707 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3714 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3717 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3718 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3721 register asection *s;
3723 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
3725 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3728 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
3730 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
3731 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
3734 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
3740 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3743 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3744 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
3747 register asection *s;
3748 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3749 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
3750 struct mips_got_info *g;
3752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3754 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3756 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3757 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
3760 if (! maybe_exclude)
3761 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
3765 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
3766 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3769 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3771 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3772 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3773 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
3775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
3778 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3779 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3780 are not creating a global offset table. */
3782 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3783 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
3784 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
3787 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3790 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3791 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
3794 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3797 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
3798 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
3801 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
3802 g->global_gotno = 0;
3804 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
3805 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
3808 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
3809 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3810 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3811 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3813 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
3814 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
3815 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
3817 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3818 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3820 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
3821 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3822 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3823 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
3831 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3832 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3833 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3836 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3838 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
3840 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3841 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3844 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3845 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3846 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3848 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3849 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3850 relocation must be JALX.
3852 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3853 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3854 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3855 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3857 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3858 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
3859 asection *input_section,
3860 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3861 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3862 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
3863 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3864 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
3865 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
3866 bfd_boolean save_addend)
3868 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3870 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3873 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3874 shared object file being produced. */
3875 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
3876 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3879 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3880 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
3881 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3882 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3883 during execution. */
3884 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
3885 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3887 asection *sec = NULL;
3888 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
3889 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3891 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
3892 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3893 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
3894 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3895 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3896 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
3897 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3899 unsigned long r_symndx;
3901 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3902 relocation value. */
3903 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
3904 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3905 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
3906 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3909 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3910 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3912 /* Parse the relocation. */
3913 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3914 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3915 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
3916 + input_section->output_offset
3917 + relocation->r_offset);
3919 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3920 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3922 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3923 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3924 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3925 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3926 local_sections, FALSE);
3927 was_local_p = local_p;
3928 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3929 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3932 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3933 must come before globals. */
3937 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3940 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3942 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3943 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3945 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3946 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3947 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3948 symbol += sym->st_value;
3949 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3950 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3952 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3954 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3957 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3958 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3961 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3962 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3963 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3966 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3968 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3972 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3974 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3975 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3976 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3977 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3978 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3979 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3980 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3982 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3983 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3985 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3986 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3987 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
3988 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
3990 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3991 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3992 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16
3993 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
3994 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3998 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3999 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4000 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4001 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
4004 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4005 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4006 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4008 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4009 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4010 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
4012 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4013 if (sec->output_section)
4014 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
4015 + sec->output_section->vma
4016 + sec->output_offset);
4018 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
4020 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4021 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4022 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4023 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4026 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4027 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4029 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
4030 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4032 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4033 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4034 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4035 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4036 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4038 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
4039 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
4042 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
4044 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4045 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4046 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4047 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4048 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4049 which is available from here:
4050 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4055 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
4056 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
4057 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
4058 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
4059 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
4060 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
4064 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
4067 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4068 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4070 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
4071 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
4073 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
4074 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
4075 && !mips16_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
4077 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4078 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4081 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
4084 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
4088 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
4089 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4090 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
4092 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4093 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4094 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
4095 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
4097 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
4098 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
4099 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
4102 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
4105 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4106 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
4108 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
4113 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
4115 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
4117 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
4124 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
4127 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
4130 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
4131 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
4134 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4135 special jalx instruction. */
4136 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
4137 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
4138 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
4140 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
4141 local_sections, TRUE);
4143 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4144 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4147 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
4148 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
4149 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4151 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
4152 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
4158 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
4159 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
4160 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
4161 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
4162 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
4164 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
4165 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
4166 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4167 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
4169 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
4170 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
4172 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
4176 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4177 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4178 if (htab->is_vxworks
4179 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4180 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4181 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16))
4183 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
4184 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
4185 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
4189 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4190 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4191 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4193 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
4194 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
4195 &h->root, r_type, info);
4196 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
4197 && (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
4199 && (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local)
4200 && h->root.def_regular)))
4202 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4203 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4204 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4205 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
4206 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
4210 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
4211 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)))
4212 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4216 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
4217 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
4219 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
4222 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4223 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, g);
4228 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
4229 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
4230 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
4233 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
4234 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
4235 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
4237 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL),
4248 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4249 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4250 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
4252 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4256 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4257 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4259 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
4260 + input_section->output_offset
4261 + relocation->r_offset);
4262 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
4263 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4264 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
4266 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4267 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4269 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
4270 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
4273 return bfd_reloc_ok;
4276 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4280 return bfd_reloc_continue;
4283 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
4284 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4291 || (!htab->is_vxworks
4292 && htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
4294 && h->root.def_dynamic
4295 && !h->root.def_regular))
4297 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4299 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4300 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4301 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4302 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4305 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4306 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4307 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4309 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
4317 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
4321 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
4322 value = symbol + addend;
4326 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4330 value = symbol + addend - p;
4331 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4335 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4336 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4337 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4338 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4339 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4342 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
4345 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
4346 if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4347 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28);
4349 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4352 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
4353 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
4357 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
4358 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
4359 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
4360 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
4363 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
4364 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
4368 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
4369 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
4376 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
4377 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4381 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4382 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4383 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4387 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4388 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4389 both reloc addends by 4. */
4390 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
4391 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4);
4393 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
4394 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4401 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
4404 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4405 for this conditional. */
4406 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
4407 value = addend + gp - p;
4409 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
4410 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4411 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4412 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4413 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4416 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4417 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4420 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4421 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4422 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4423 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4424 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4425 not check for overflow here. */
4429 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
4430 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4431 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4432 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4437 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
4438 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4439 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4440 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4441 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4442 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
4443 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4444 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4445 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4446 if (howto->partial_inplace)
4447 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
4448 value = symbol + addend - gp;
4449 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4450 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4451 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4452 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4456 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4461 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4462 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4463 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
4467 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
4468 local_sections, FALSE);
4469 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
4470 symbol + addend, forced);
4471 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
4472 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
4474 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value);
4475 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4482 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
4483 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
4484 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
4487 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4490 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
4491 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
4493 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4497 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
4498 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
4499 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
4500 value >>= howto->rightshift;
4501 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4504 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
4505 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
4506 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4507 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4508 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4510 value = mips_elf_high (value);
4511 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4514 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
4515 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
4516 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
4519 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
4520 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4521 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4525 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
4526 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
4527 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
4528 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value);
4529 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4532 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
4534 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
4537 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4541 value = symbol - addend;
4542 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4546 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
4547 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4550 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
4551 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
4552 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4555 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
4556 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
4557 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4561 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4562 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4563 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4564 if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4565 return bfd_reloc_continue;
4566 value = symbol + addend;
4570 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4571 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
4572 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4573 return bfd_reloc_continue;
4576 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4577 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4580 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4582 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
4585 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4588 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
4589 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4590 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
4593 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
4595 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4596 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
4601 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4602 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4603 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4604 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4605 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4606 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4608 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4611 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4612 reloc_howto_type *howto,
4613 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4614 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
4615 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
4616 bfd_boolean require_jalx)
4620 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4622 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4623 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
4625 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
4627 /* Obtain the current value. */
4628 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
4630 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4631 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
4633 /* Set the field. */
4634 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
4636 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4640 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
4641 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
4643 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4644 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
4646 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
4651 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
4655 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4658 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4659 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4662 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
4663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4667 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4668 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
4671 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4672 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4673 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4674 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4675 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4676 && !info->relocatable
4678 && ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4679 || (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4685 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
4686 + input_section->output_offset
4687 + relocation->r_offset
4689 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
4690 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
4694 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
4695 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4698 /* Put the value into the output. */
4699 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
4701 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
4707 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4710 mips16_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
4712 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
4714 return FN_STUB_P (name) || CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name);
4717 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4720 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4724 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4726 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4727 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4728 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4730 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4731 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4736 /* Make room for a null element. */
4737 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4740 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4744 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4745 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4746 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4747 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4750 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
4751 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4752 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4754 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
4755 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
4757 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
4762 bfd_boolean defined_p;
4763 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4765 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4766 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
4767 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4768 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4769 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
4770 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
4771 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
4774 outrel[0].r_offset =
4775 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
4776 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4778 outrel[1].r_offset =
4779 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
4780 outrel[2].r_offset =
4781 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
4784 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
4785 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4788 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
4790 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4791 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4792 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4797 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4798 in the relocation. */
4800 && (!h->root.def_regular
4801 || (info->shared && !info->symbolic && !h->root.forced_local)))
4803 indx = h->root.dynindx;
4804 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4805 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
4807 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4808 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4809 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4810 undefined symbols. */
4815 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
4817 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
4819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4824 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4827 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
4828 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
4834 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4835 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4836 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4837 local symbols because we used to generate them
4838 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4839 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4840 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4841 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4842 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4843 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4845 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4846 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4847 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4848 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4849 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4854 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4855 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4856 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4857 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4858 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
4861 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4862 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4863 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
4865 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4866 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4867 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
4870 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4871 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4872 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4873 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4874 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4875 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4876 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4877 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4878 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4879 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4880 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4881 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4882 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
4883 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
4886 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
4888 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4889 correct location in the output file. */
4890 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4891 + input_section->output_offset);
4892 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4893 + input_section->output_offset);
4894 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4895 + input_section->output_offset);
4897 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4898 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4899 relocation format is non-standard. */
4900 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4902 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
4903 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4905 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
4907 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
4909 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4910 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
4911 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4912 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4914 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
4917 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4918 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4919 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
4921 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4922 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
4924 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4925 will be writing to it. */
4926 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
4929 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4930 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
4932 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
4937 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
4939 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
4940 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
4941 + input_section->output_section->vma
4942 + input_section->output_offset);
4943 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
4944 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
4946 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
4947 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
4948 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
4950 cr = (scpt->contents
4951 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
4952 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
4953 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
4954 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
4955 + scpt->reloc_count));
4956 ++scpt->reloc_count;
4960 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4961 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4963 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
4964 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
4969 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4972 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
4974 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
4976 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
4977 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
4979 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
4980 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
4982 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
4983 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
4985 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
4986 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
4988 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
4989 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
4991 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
4992 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
4994 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4995 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4997 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4998 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
5000 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
5001 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
5003 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
5004 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
5006 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
5007 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
5010 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
5014 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
5017 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
5020 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
5023 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
5026 return bfd_mach_mips5;
5028 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
5029 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
5031 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
5032 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
5034 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
5035 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
5037 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
5038 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
5045 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5047 static INLINE char *
5048 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
5052 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
5053 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
5056 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
5058 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
5062 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
5064 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
5066 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
5068 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
5071 return "unknown abi";
5075 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5076 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5077 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5078 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5079 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5080 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
5081 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
5082 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
5084 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5085 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5086 definition in a shared library. */
5087 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
5088 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
5089 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
5091 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5092 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5095 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
5097 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
5099 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
5100 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
5102 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
5103 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5104 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5105 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5106 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5107 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5108 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
5110 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5111 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
5112 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
5113 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
5114 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
5115 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
5116 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
5117 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
5118 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
5119 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
5121 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
5125 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5126 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5127 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
5128 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
5129 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
5132 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
5133 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
5135 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5136 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
5137 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
5138 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
5139 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
5140 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
5141 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
5142 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
5143 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
5144 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
5146 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
5147 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
5150 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
5151 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5156 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
5158 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
5159 if (section != NULL)
5161 asym->section = section;
5162 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5163 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5164 base address to make it an offset. */
5165 asym->value -= section->vma;
5172 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
5174 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
5175 if (section != NULL)
5177 asym->section = section;
5178 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5179 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5180 base address to make it an offset. */
5181 asym->value -= section->vma;
5188 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5189 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5191 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5192 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5193 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5194 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5195 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5197 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5198 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5199 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5200 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5202 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5203 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5204 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5205 We therefore take the following approach:
5207 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5208 determine the pointer size.
5210 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5211 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5215 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5216 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5217 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5218 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5219 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5221 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5222 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5226 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
5228 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
5230 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
5232 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
5234 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5235 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5236 if (long32_p && long64_p)
5243 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
5244 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
5245 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
5254 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5255 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5256 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5258 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5259 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5262 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5263 will jump there rather than to .text.
5265 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5266 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5269 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
5271 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
5274 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5275 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5276 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5280 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
5282 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5283 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
5287 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5288 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
5291 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
5294 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
5295 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
5299 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5300 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5301 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
5302 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
5304 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
5306 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5307 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5308 so that we don't have to read them again.
5309 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5310 through the section contents to see if there is an
5311 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5313 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
5315 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
5316 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
5318 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
5320 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
5322 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
5324 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5325 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5326 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
5329 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
5336 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
5337 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
5340 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
5341 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
5344 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
5351 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
5352 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
5355 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
5356 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
5363 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
5365 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
5367 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
5368 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
5369 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
5371 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5372 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
5374 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
5376 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5377 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
5379 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
5381 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5382 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
5384 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5387 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
5389 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
5391 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
5393 unsigned int adjust;
5395 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
5397 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
5405 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5406 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5407 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5409 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5413 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
5414 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
5420 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5421 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5422 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5423 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5424 probably get away with this. */
5425 switch (hdr->sh_type)
5427 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
5428 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
5432 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
5435 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
5436 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
5439 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
5440 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
5443 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
5444 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
5447 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
5448 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
5450 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
5452 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
5453 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
5454 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
5456 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
5458 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
5459 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5462 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
5463 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
5466 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
5467 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
5470 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
5471 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_"))
5474 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
5475 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5478 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
5479 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
5480 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5487 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
5492 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
5493 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
5499 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5501 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5502 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5503 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5504 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5505 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
5507 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
5510 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
5511 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
5513 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
5514 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
5517 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5518 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5519 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5520 they should agree. */
5521 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
5523 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
5525 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
5526 if (contents == NULL)
5528 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
5535 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
5536 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
5538 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
5540 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
5542 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
5544 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5545 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5546 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
5549 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
5551 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
5553 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5555 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
5556 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
5558 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
5560 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
5562 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
5564 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5566 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
5567 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
5569 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
5579 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5580 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5581 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5584 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
5586 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5588 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
5590 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
5591 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
5592 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5594 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
5595 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
5596 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
5598 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
5599 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
5600 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5602 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
5603 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
5604 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
5606 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
5607 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5608 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5609 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5610 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
5612 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
5614 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
5616 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
5617 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5618 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5619 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5621 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5622 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
5624 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
5627 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
5629 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
5630 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
5631 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
5632 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
5634 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5635 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
5637 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5638 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
5641 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
5642 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
5643 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
5644 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
5645 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
5646 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
5647 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5648 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5650 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
5651 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
5653 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
5655 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
5656 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
5657 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5659 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
5661 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
5662 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
5663 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
5665 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_"))
5666 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
5667 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5669 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
5670 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5671 final_write_processing. */
5673 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
5674 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5676 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
5677 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
5678 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5680 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
5682 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
5683 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
5684 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
5687 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5688 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5689 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5690 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5691 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5696 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5697 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5698 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5699 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5700 the .scommon section. */
5703 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5704 asection *sec, int *retval)
5706 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
5708 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
5711 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
5713 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
5719 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5720 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5723 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5724 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
5725 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5726 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
5728 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
5729 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
5730 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5732 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5737 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5738 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5739 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5740 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5741 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5742 is not done for them. */
5744 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5745 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5751 switch (sym->st_shndx)
5754 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5755 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5756 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
5757 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
5758 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
5761 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
5762 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
5763 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
5764 *valp = sym->st_size;
5768 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5769 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
5771 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
5772 asection *elf_text_section;
5773 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
5775 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5776 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
5779 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
5780 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5781 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
5784 /* Initialize the section. */
5786 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
5787 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
5789 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
5790 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
5792 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
5793 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
5794 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
5795 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
5796 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
5797 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
5798 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
5800 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5801 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5802 so I took it out. */
5803 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
5806 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
5807 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5809 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5810 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
5812 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
5813 asection *elf_data_section;
5814 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
5816 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5817 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
5820 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
5821 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5822 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
5825 /* Initialize the section. */
5827 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
5828 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
5830 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
5831 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
5833 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
5834 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
5835 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
5836 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
5837 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
5838 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
5839 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
5841 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5842 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5843 so I took it out. */
5844 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
5847 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
5848 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5852 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
5854 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
5855 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5857 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5858 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5860 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5862 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5863 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
5864 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5867 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5870 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5872 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5875 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
5878 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5879 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5880 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5881 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
5887 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5888 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5889 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5892 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5893 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5894 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
5895 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5897 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5898 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5899 common in the output file. */
5900 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
5901 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
5902 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
5904 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
5905 sym->st_value &= ~1;
5910 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5912 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5915 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5917 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5918 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5920 register asection *s;
5921 const char * const *namep;
5922 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5924 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5925 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
5926 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
5928 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5930 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
5932 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
5935 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
5940 /* We need to create .got section. */
5941 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
5944 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
5947 /* Create .stub section. */
5948 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
5949 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
5951 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
5952 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
5955 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5956 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5960 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
5962 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
5964 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
5965 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
5967 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5968 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5972 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5973 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5974 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5975 the linker takes such action. */
5976 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
5978 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
5981 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5982 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
5983 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5986 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5989 h->type = STT_SECTION;
5991 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5995 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5996 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5998 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
6002 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
6003 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
6005 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6006 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
6008 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6009 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
6011 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6012 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
6014 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6015 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
6017 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6024 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6026 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6027 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
6028 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
6031 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6034 h->type = STT_SECTION;
6036 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
6039 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
6041 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6042 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6043 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6044 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6045 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
6046 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6048 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6050 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6051 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
6052 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
6055 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6058 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
6060 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
6065 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6067 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6068 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6069 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
6072 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6073 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
6074 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
6075 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
6076 htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
6078 || (!htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
6083 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6084 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
6087 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6090 htab->plt_header_size
6091 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
6092 htab->plt_entry_size
6093 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
6097 htab->plt_header_size
6098 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
6099 htab->plt_entry_size
6100 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
6107 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6108 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6111 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6112 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6116 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6117 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6118 struct mips_got_info *g;
6120 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6121 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6124 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6127 if (info->relocatable)
6130 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6131 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6132 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6133 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6134 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6136 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6138 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6139 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
6141 unsigned long r_symndx;
6143 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6146 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
6148 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
6149 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
6153 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6154 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6155 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6156 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6158 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
6159 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
6161 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6162 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
6163 || o->reloc_count == 0
6164 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o))
6168 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
6170 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
6173 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
6174 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
6175 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
6176 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
6179 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
6188 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6189 not need it. Since this function is called before
6190 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6191 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6193 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
6197 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6199 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
6201 unsigned long symcount;
6205 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
6206 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
6208 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6209 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
6210 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6213 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
6216 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6217 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
6219 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6220 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6221 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6222 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6226 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6228 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
6229 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
6231 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6232 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6233 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
6235 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6237 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6238 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6239 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6240 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6241 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6242 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
6244 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
6248 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6250 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
6253 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
6255 unsigned long r_symndx;
6256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6259 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6262 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
6264 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
6265 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
6269 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6270 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
6271 that refers to this symbol. */
6272 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6274 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
6275 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
6277 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6278 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
6279 || o->reloc_count == 0
6280 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o))
6284 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
6286 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
6289 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
6290 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
6291 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
6292 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
6295 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
6304 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6305 not need it. Since this function is called before
6306 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6307 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6309 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
6313 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
6315 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
6317 unsigned long symcount;
6321 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
6322 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
6324 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6325 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
6326 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6329 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
6332 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6333 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
6335 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6336 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6337 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6338 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6342 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
6343 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
6345 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6347 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
6348 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
6350 loc = &h->call_stub;
6352 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6353 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6354 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6355 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6356 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6359 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
6363 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6365 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
6376 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6381 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6382 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6383 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6388 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6389 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6390 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
6392 unsigned long r_symndx;
6393 unsigned int r_type;
6394 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6396 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
6397 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
6399 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
6401 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
6403 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6404 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6406 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6411 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
6413 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6416 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
6417 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6421 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6422 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
6428 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6429 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6430 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6431 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6432 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6433 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
6434 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
6435 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6437 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
6439 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
6440 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
6442 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
6443 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
6445 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6446 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6447 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
6448 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6456 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6457 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6458 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6460 && (info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks))
6461 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6462 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
6472 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_relocation_target = TRUE;
6474 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6475 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6476 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6477 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
6481 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
6485 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
6486 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
6487 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6488 relocations against the text segment. */
6489 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6492 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6493 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6494 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6495 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 && htab->is_vxworks))
6497 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6498 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6499 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6500 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6501 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6502 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6503 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6504 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6505 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
6506 rel->r_addend, g, 0))
6515 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6516 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6517 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
6518 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6523 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6524 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6527 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6528 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6529 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6530 if (!htab->is_vxworks
6531 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
6534 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6535 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6536 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6542 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6543 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6544 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
6550 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6552 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6553 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6554 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
6555 hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
6557 if (hmips->root.def_regular
6558 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
6559 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
6565 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6566 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6567 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
6568 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
6572 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6574 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6577 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
6578 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
6586 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6587 for TLS GD relocations. */
6589 unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6591 : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6596 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
6597 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6598 hmips->tls_type |= flag;
6600 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, flag))
6605 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0);
6607 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
6608 rel->r_addend, g, flag))
6617 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6618 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6619 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6620 if ((info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks))
6621 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6625 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
6631 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6632 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6633 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6634 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
6635 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
6636 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6637 relocations against the text segment. */
6638 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6642 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
6644 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6645 defined in a dynamic object. */
6646 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6647 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
6648 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
6649 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6650 are relocations against the text segment. */
6651 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
6654 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6655 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6656 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6657 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6658 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6659 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6660 if (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
6663 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
6664 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
6666 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
6667 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
6672 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6673 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
6674 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
6679 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE;
6684 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE;
6687 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
6688 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
6689 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
6690 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6691 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
6692 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
6695 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6696 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6697 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6698 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6702 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6703 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6704 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6705 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6713 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6714 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6715 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6716 a normal .got entry. */
6717 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
6721 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
6724 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6725 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6730 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6731 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6732 References from a stub section do not count. */
6734 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
6735 && !mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, sec))
6737 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
6739 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6740 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
6748 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
6749 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6752 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
6753 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
6754 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6755 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6757 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
6758 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
6759 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6761 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6764 if (link_info->relocatable)
6767 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
6768 link_info->keep_memory);
6769 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6772 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
6773 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6774 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6775 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6777 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6780 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
6781 unsigned int r_type;
6782 unsigned long r_symndx;
6784 unsigned long instruction;
6786 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6787 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6788 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6789 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
6790 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
6793 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
6794 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6795 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
6797 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
6798 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
6799 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
6801 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6802 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6803 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
6805 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6807 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6808 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6809 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
6810 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
6811 && !h->root.forced_local))
6814 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
6815 if (sym_sec->output_section)
6816 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
6817 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
6818 + sym_sec->output_offset);
6820 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
6824 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6826 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6827 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
6829 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
6830 if (isymbuf == NULL)
6831 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
6832 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
6834 if (isymbuf == NULL)
6838 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
6839 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
6841 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6842 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6843 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
6844 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
6847 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6848 symval = isym->st_value
6849 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
6850 + sym_sec->output_offset;
6853 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6855 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
6856 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
6858 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6859 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
6864 /* Check that it's in range. */
6865 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
6868 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6869 if (contents == NULL)
6871 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6872 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6873 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
6876 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
6881 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
6883 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6884 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6885 instruction = 0x04110000;
6886 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6887 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6888 instruction = 0x10000000;
6892 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
6893 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
6894 changed_contents = TRUE;
6897 if (contents != NULL
6898 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6900 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
6904 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6905 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6911 if (contents != NULL
6912 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6917 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6918 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6919 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6920 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6924 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6925 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6928 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
6930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6932 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6933 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6935 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6936 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
6938 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
6941 && !h->def_regular)));
6943 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6944 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6946 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6947 if (! info->relocatable
6948 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
6949 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6950 || !h->def_regular))
6952 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6953 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
6954 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
6955 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6956 against the text segment. */
6957 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6960 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6961 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
6964 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6967 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6968 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6969 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6970 executable and the shared library. */
6971 if (!h->def_regular)
6973 /* We need .stub section. */
6974 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6975 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6976 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6978 h->root.u.def.section = s;
6979 h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
6981 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6982 h->plt.offset = s->size;
6984 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6985 s->size += htab->function_stub_size;
6987 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6988 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6992 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
6995 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6996 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6997 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
7001 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7002 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7003 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7004 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
7006 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7007 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
7008 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
7009 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
7013 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7014 is not a function. */
7019 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
7022 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
7023 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
7026 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
7027 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7029 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7030 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7031 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7033 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
7034 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
7037 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
7040 && !h->def_regular)));
7042 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
7043 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
7044 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
7045 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
7047 if ((hmips->is_branch_target
7049 && h->type == STT_FUNC
7050 && hmips->is_relocation_target))
7054 && !h->forced_local)
7057 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
7058 the functions directly. */
7059 else if (h->needs_plt
7060 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
7061 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
7062 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
7070 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
7071 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
7072 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
7074 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
7076 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7079 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
7080 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
7081 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
7083 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
7084 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
7085 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
7086 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
7087 if (!h->def_regular)
7089 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
7090 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
7092 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
7095 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7096 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
7097 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7099 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7101 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7106 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7107 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7108 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
7113 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
7117 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7118 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7119 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7120 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
7122 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7123 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
7124 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
7125 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
7129 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7130 is not a function. */
7134 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7135 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7136 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7137 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7138 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7139 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7140 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7141 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7142 same memory location for the variable. */
7144 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7146 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7150 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
7153 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7154 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7155 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7156 the current linking stage. */
7158 static bfd_size_type
7159 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7161 bfd_size_type count;
7164 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
7167 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7169 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
7170 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
7171 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7172 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
7173 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
7179 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7180 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7181 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7184 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
7185 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7191 struct mips_got_info *g;
7193 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
7194 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
7195 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
7197 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
7198 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7200 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7202 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7203 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
7205 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
7207 if (! (info->relocatable
7208 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
7209 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
7210 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
7212 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7214 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7217 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
7221 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7222 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7224 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
7226 asection *subsection;
7228 for (subsection = sub->sections;
7230 subsection = subsection->next)
7232 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7234 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
7235 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
7239 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7240 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7241 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7242 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7244 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
7247 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
7248 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
7250 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7251 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7254 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7255 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7256 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7258 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
7259 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
7261 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7262 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
7263 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7264 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
7266 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7267 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7269 loadable_size += htab->function_stub_size * (i + 1);
7271 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7272 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7273 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7274 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7277 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7278 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7279 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
7281 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
7282 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7284 g->global_gotno = i;
7285 s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7287 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7288 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7289 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7290 count_tls_arg.info = info;
7291 count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
7292 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
7293 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
7295 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
7296 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7298 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
7300 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7301 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7303 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
7305 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
7310 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7311 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
7312 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
7318 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7321 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
7322 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7325 asection *s, *sreldyn;
7326 bfd_boolean reltext;
7327 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7329 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7330 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7331 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
7333 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
7335 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7336 if (info->executable)
7338 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
7339 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7341 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
7343 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
7347 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7348 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7352 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7356 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7357 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7358 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
7360 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
7363 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
7367 const char *outname;
7370 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7371 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7372 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7373 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7374 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7376 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
7378 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
7380 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
7381 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7382 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
7385 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7386 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7387 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
7390 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7391 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7392 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7393 will move them around between input sections'
7394 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7395 broken, so don't let it run. */
7396 info->combreloc = 0;
7399 else if (htab->is_vxworks && strcmp (name, ".got") == 0)
7401 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7404 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7405 struct mips_got_info *g;
7408 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
7409 count = (g->global_gotno
7411 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
7412 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
7415 else if (!htab->is_vxworks && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got"))
7417 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7418 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7419 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7421 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
7422 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
7423 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
7424 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
7428 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7429 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
7431 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7432 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7433 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7434 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
7435 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
7437 unsigned int save_assign;
7439 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
7441 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7442 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
7443 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
7444 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
7445 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
7446 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
7447 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
7448 &set_got_offset_arg);
7449 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
7450 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
7451 <= g->global_gotno);
7453 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
7456 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
7457 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
7458 + g->next->global_gotno
7459 + g->next->tls_gotno
7460 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
7466 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
7470 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs,
7472 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
7473 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
7476 needed_relocs += arg.needed;
7480 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
7483 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
7485 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7486 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7487 s->size += htab->function_stub_size;
7489 else if (! info->shared
7490 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7491 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
7493 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7494 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7497 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
7498 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
7499 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
7500 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
7501 && s != htab->sgotplt
7504 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7510 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7514 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
7517 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7519 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
7525 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7526 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
7527 if (s->contents == NULL)
7529 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
7534 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7535 if (sreldyn != NULL)
7537 sreldyn->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sreldyn->size);
7538 if (sreldyn->contents == NULL)
7540 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
7545 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
7547 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7548 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7549 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7550 the .dynamic section. */
7552 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7553 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
7554 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
7555 looks at the first one it sees. */
7557 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
7560 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
7561 used by the debugger. */
7562 if (info->executable
7563 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
7564 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
7567 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
7568 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7570 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
7572 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
7575 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7576 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7577 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7578 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7579 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
7582 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
7585 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7587 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7588 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7589 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE))
7591 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
7594 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
7597 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
7600 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
7602 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
7605 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
7608 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
7614 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE))
7616 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
7619 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
7622 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
7626 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
7629 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
7632 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
7635 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
7638 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
7641 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
7644 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
7647 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
7648 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
7651 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
7652 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7653 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
7654 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
7662 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7663 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7664 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7665 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7668 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7669 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
7670 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7672 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
7673 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7676 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE))
7678 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
7679 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
7680 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
7681 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
7682 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
7684 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
7685 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
7688 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
7689 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7691 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7692 if (!info->relocatable)
7694 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7695 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7698 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7699 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
7700 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
7704 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7707 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7708 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
7709 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7710 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
7711 asection **local_sections)
7713 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7714 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
7716 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
7717 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7719 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
7720 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7721 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
7725 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7726 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
7727 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7729 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
7730 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
7732 unsigned long r_symndx;
7734 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7735 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7737 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7738 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
7739 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
7740 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7741 (input_bfd, input_section,
7744 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
7745 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
7746 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE))
7748 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7753 unsigned long extsymoff;
7756 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
7757 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7758 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
7759 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7760 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7761 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7764 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7765 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7766 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7769 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
7771 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7772 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7773 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7774 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7780 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
7782 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7783 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7784 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7785 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7786 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7787 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7788 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
7790 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7792 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
7796 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
7798 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7800 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7801 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7802 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7803 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7804 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7805 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7806 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
7807 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7808 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
7809 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
7810 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
7812 bfd_byte *location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7814 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7815 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
7817 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7818 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE,
7820 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
7822 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, FALSE,
7825 addend &= howto->src_mask;
7827 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7828 combination of the addend stored in two different
7830 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
7831 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
7832 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
7833 local_sections, FALSE)))
7835 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7836 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7839 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
7840 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7842 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7844 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7845 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7846 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7847 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7850 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7852 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7853 relocation must be immediately following.
7854 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7855 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7856 several relocations for the same address. In
7857 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7858 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7859 in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7861 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes
7862 the LO16 but keeps the corresponding HI16. This
7863 is strictly speaking a violation of the ABI but
7864 not immediately harmful. */
7865 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd,
7868 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7873 name = h->root.root.string;
7875 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
7876 local_syms + r_symndx,
7878 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7879 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
7880 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
7885 bfd_byte *lo16_location;
7888 lo16_location = contents + lo16_relocation->r_offset;
7890 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7891 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd,
7893 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type,
7894 FALSE, lo16_location);
7895 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto,
7897 input_bfd, contents);
7898 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type,
7899 FALSE, lo16_location);
7900 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
7901 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7902 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7906 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7911 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
7914 addend = rel->r_addend;
7915 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
7916 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
7919 if (info->relocatable)
7921 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
7922 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
7925 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
7927 addend += rel->r_addend;
7928 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
7929 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
7930 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
7931 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
7932 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
7933 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
7934 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
7936 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
7938 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7939 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7940 source of the addend in the final link. */
7941 addend &= howto->src_mask;
7943 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
7944 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7945 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7946 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7947 but for endianness. */
7953 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
7955 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
7962 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7963 do two separate stores. */
7964 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
7966 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7968 low_bits = sign_bits;
7974 high_bits = sign_bits;
7976 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
7977 contents + rel->r_offset);
7978 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
7979 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
7983 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
7984 input_bfd, input_section,
7989 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7993 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7994 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7995 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7997 if (rel + 1 < relend
7998 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
7999 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
8000 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
8002 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
8004 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
8005 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
8006 input_section, info, rel,
8007 addend, howto, local_syms,
8008 local_sections, &value,
8009 &name, &require_jalx,
8010 use_saved_addend_p))
8012 case bfd_reloc_continue:
8013 /* There's nothing to do. */
8016 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
8017 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
8018 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
8019 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
8020 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
8023 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
8024 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
8025 info->callbacks->warning
8026 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
8029 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
8030 if (use_saved_addend_p)
8031 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
8032 a given location. */
8036 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
8037 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
8038 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
8039 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
8052 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
8053 until we reach the last one. */
8054 if (use_saved_addend_p)
8060 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
8061 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
8062 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
8063 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
8064 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
8065 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
8066 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
8067 only a 32-bit VMA. */
8073 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
8075 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
8082 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
8083 do two separate stores. */
8084 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
8086 /* Undo what we did above. */
8088 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
8090 low_bits = sign_bits;
8096 high_bits = sign_bits;
8098 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
8099 contents + rel->r_offset);
8100 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
8101 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
8105 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
8106 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
8107 input_bfd, input_section,
8108 contents, require_jalx))
8115 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
8116 adjust it appropriately now. */
8119 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8120 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
8122 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
8123 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
8124 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
8127 "__dso_displacement",
8129 "__program_header_table",
8133 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
8141 const char* const *p;
8144 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
8145 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
8148 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
8150 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8152 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8153 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
8155 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8157 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
8159 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
8165 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8166 dynamic sections here. */
8169 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
8170 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8171 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
8172 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
8176 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
8179 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8181 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8182 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8184 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
8187 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
8189 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8191 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
8193 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
8194 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
8195 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8197 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
8198 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
8200 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8201 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8203 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
8206 /* Fill the stub. */
8208 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
8210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
8212 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
8214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
8218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
8221 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8222 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8223 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
8224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
8225 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
8226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
8228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
8231 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size);
8232 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, htab->function_stub_size);
8234 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8235 only for the referenced symbol. */
8236 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
8238 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8239 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8240 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8241 sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
8245 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
8246 || h->forced_local);
8248 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8249 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
8250 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
8251 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
8252 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
8254 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8255 the symbols that need them. */
8256 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
8257 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8262 value = sym->st_value;
8263 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
8264 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
8267 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS)
8269 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
8275 e.abfd = output_bfd;
8277 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
8280 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
8283 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
8288 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
8290 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
8291 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
8293 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8294 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8295 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8296 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8297 appropriate addend. */
8298 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
8300 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
8301 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
8302 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
8304 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
8305 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
8308 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8309 (output_bfd, info, rel,
8310 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
8314 entry = sym->st_value;
8315 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
8320 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8321 name = h->root.root.string;
8322 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8323 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
8324 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8325 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8326 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8328 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8329 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8332 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
8334 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8335 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8336 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
8338 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
8340 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
8341 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
8343 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8344 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
8346 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
8348 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
8350 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8351 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
8352 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
8353 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8355 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
8357 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
8358 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
8359 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
8360 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
8364 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8365 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
8366 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
8370 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
8371 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
8372 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8374 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
8375 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8376 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
8377 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
8378 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
8379 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
8381 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
8382 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8384 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8385 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
8386 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
8387 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
8389 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
8393 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8394 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
8395 sym->st_value &= ~1;
8400 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8403 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
8404 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8405 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
8406 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
8410 struct mips_got_info *g;
8411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8413 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8414 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8416 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8419 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
8420 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
8421 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
8423 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
8424 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
8425 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
8427 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8428 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
8429 + htab->splt->output_offset
8432 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8433 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
8434 / htab->plt_entry_size);
8436 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8437 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
8438 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
8441 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8442 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8443 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
8445 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8446 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8447 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8449 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8450 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
8451 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
8453 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8454 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
8458 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
8459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
8460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
8464 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
8466 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
8467 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8468 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
8470 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
8471 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
8472 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
8473 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
8474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
8475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
8476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
8477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
8479 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
8480 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
8482 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8483 rel.r_offset = got_address;
8484 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
8485 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
8486 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8488 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8489 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8490 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
8491 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
8492 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
8493 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8495 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8496 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8498 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
8499 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8502 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8503 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8504 rel.r_offset = got_address;
8505 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
8507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8509 if (!h->def_regular)
8510 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
8513 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
8515 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8516 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
8517 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
8518 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
8519 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
8521 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8522 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
8523 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8526 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
8530 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8531 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
8532 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
8533 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
8535 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8536 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
8537 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
8538 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
8539 + sgot->output_offset
8541 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
8542 outrel.r_addend = 0;
8543 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
8546 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8549 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
8551 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
8553 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
8554 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
8555 + h->root.u.def.value);
8556 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
8558 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
8559 htab->srelbss->contents
8560 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
8561 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
8562 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
8565 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8566 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
8567 sym->st_value &= ~1;
8572 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8573 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8576 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8578 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
8580 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
8581 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
8582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8584 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8585 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
8587 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8588 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
8589 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
8590 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
8592 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8593 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
8595 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8596 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
8598 /* Install the PLT header. */
8599 loc = htab->splt->contents;
8600 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
8601 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
8602 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
8603 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
8604 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
8605 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
8607 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8608 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
8609 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
8610 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
8612 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8613 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8615 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8616 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8618 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
8619 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8620 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8622 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8623 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8624 in which symbols were output. */
8625 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
8627 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
8629 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8630 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
8631 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8632 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8634 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8635 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
8636 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8637 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8639 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8640 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
8641 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8642 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8646 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8649 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8652 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8654 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8656 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8657 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
8658 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
8659 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
8662 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8665 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8666 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8671 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
8672 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8674 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8675 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8677 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
8679 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8684 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
8685 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
8686 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
8687 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
8688 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
8691 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8694 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
8696 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
8697 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
8699 for (b = sdyn->contents;
8700 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
8701 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
8703 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
8707 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
8709 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8710 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
8712 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8718 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
8722 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8723 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
8727 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8729 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
8734 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8736 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8737 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8738 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name);
8739 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8740 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
8744 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
8745 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8746 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
8750 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
8751 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
8755 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
8758 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
8766 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
8771 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
8776 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
8777 s = output_bfd->sections;
8778 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8779 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
8782 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
8783 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
8786 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
8787 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8788 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8789 referenced within the same object. */
8790 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
8793 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
8794 if (gg->global_gotsym)
8796 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
8799 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8800 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8801 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8803 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
8805 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
8806 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
8807 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8809 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
8812 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
8813 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
8816 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
8817 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
8820 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
8821 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
8822 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
8823 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
8827 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8828 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8830 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
8834 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8835 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
8839 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8840 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
8844 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8845 dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
8846 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
8850 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8852 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
8854 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
8860 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8861 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8862 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
8863 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
8873 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
8874 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
8875 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
8879 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
8884 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8885 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
8886 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
8889 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0)
8891 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8893 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8894 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8895 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8896 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8897 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8898 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
8899 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
8901 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
8902 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8903 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
8905 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8909 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8910 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8911 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8912 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
8913 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000,
8914 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8917 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
8918 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8921 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8922 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
8924 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
8927 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
8928 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
8930 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
8932 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
8933 + g->next->tls_gotno;
8935 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
8936 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8937 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
8938 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8943 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
8945 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
8946 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8947 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8948 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
8949 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
8952 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
8957 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8958 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8961 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8964 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
8966 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
8968 for (b = sdyn->contents;
8969 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
8970 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
8972 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
8975 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8976 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
8978 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8984 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8985 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8986 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8987 are trailing null entries. */
8988 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
8989 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
8990 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
8991 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
8992 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
8993 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
8994 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
8995 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
9005 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
9012 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
9014 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
9016 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
9017 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
9021 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
9023 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
9024 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
9027 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
9028 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
9031 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
9032 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
9033 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
9036 file_ptr dummy_offset;
9038 BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
9039 dummy_offset = s->size - htab->function_stub_size;
9040 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
9041 htab->function_stub_size);
9046 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
9047 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
9048 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
9049 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
9050 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9052 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9054 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
9056 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
9058 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9059 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
9060 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
9061 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
9063 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
9064 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
9065 sort_dynamic_relocs);
9070 if (htab->is_vxworks && htab->splt->size > 0)
9073 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
9075 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
9081 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
9084 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
9088 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
9091 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
9092 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
9095 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
9096 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
9099 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
9100 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
9103 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
9104 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
9105 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
9106 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
9107 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
9110 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
9111 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
9114 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
9115 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
9118 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
9119 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
9122 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
9123 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
9126 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
9127 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
9130 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
9131 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
9134 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
9135 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
9138 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
9139 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
9142 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
9143 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
9144 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
9145 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
9146 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
9147 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
9150 case bfd_mach_mips5:
9151 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
9154 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
9155 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
9158 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
9159 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
9162 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
9163 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
9166 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
9167 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
9170 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
9171 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
9174 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
9175 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
9178 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
9179 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
9184 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9185 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9186 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9189 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
9190 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9193 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
9197 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9198 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9199 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9200 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
9201 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
9203 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9204 info for each special section. */
9205 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
9206 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
9209 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
9212 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
9213 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
9215 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9218 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
9219 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
9220 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
9221 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
9222 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
9223 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9224 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
9225 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9228 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
9229 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
9230 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
9231 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
9232 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
9233 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
9234 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9235 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
9236 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9239 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
9240 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
9242 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9243 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
9245 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9248 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
9249 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
9250 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
9251 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9252 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
9253 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
9254 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9257 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
9258 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
9260 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9262 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
9263 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9270 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9274 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
9275 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9280 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9281 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
9282 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
9285 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9286 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
9287 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
9288 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
9291 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9292 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
9293 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
9294 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
9297 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
9298 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
9299 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
9300 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
9306 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9309 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
9310 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9313 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
9316 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9318 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
9319 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
9321 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
9322 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
9327 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9331 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
9335 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9336 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
9338 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
9339 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
9347 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9348 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9349 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9352 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9353 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9354 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9356 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
9358 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
9359 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
9364 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
9366 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
9368 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
9369 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
9372 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
9374 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
9375 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9376 options_segment->next = *pm;
9377 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
9378 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
9379 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
9380 options_segment->count = 1;
9381 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
9382 *pm = options_segment;
9388 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
9390 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9391 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9392 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
9393 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
9394 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
9396 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
9397 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
9402 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9406 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
9408 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
9413 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
9421 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9422 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
9423 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
9433 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9434 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9436 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
9438 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
9441 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
9443 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9444 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9445 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9446 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9447 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
9449 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
9450 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
9453 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
9454 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
9455 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
9456 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
9457 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
9458 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
9459 which might move one of the other sections to a different
9461 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
9464 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
9466 static const char *sec_names[] =
9468 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9472 struct elf_segment_map *n;
9476 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
9478 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
9479 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
9486 if (high < s->vma + sz)
9492 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9493 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
9495 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
9498 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
9499 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9506 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9508 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
9510 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
9521 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
9522 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
9524 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
9525 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
9526 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
9527 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
9528 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
9530 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
9531 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
9532 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
9533 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
9534 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
9536 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
9537 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
9539 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
9540 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
9544 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
9548 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
9556 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9560 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
9561 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9562 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
9563 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9564 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9566 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9569 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
9571 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
9572 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
9576 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
9579 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9582 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9583 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9584 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9585 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9588 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9589 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
9590 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
9591 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
9592 unsigned long r_symndx;
9593 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9595 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
9596 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
9597 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
9599 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
9600 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
9601 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
9605 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
9606 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
9607 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
9608 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
9609 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
9610 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
9611 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
9612 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9613 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9614 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9625 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9626 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9627 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9628 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9631 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
9632 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
9633 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
9635 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
9637 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
9639 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
9642 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
9643 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
9644 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
9645 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
9646 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
9647 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
9648 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
9650 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
9651 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
9655 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
9656 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
9657 bfd_boolean force_local)
9661 struct mips_got_info *g;
9662 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9664 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
9665 if (h->forced_local)
9667 h->forced_local = force_local;
9669 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9670 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local && h->root.type != STT_TLS
9671 && (got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, TRUE)) != NULL
9672 && (g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info) != NULL)
9676 struct mips_got_entry e;
9677 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
9679 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9680 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9681 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9682 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9683 the upper limit of global entries. */
9689 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
9690 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
9692 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
9697 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9698 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9699 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9700 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9701 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
9703 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
9704 gg->assigned_gotno--;
9707 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
9708 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9709 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9712 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
9714 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9715 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9717 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
9723 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
9729 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
9730 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9733 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
9734 unsigned char *tdata;
9737 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
9742 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
9744 if (o->output_section != NULL
9745 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
9748 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
9752 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
9760 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
9761 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
9763 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
9765 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
9774 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
9775 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
9781 if (! info->keep_memory)
9782 free (cookie->rels);
9788 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
9790 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
9796 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9797 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9798 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
9800 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
9803 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
9806 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
9810 end = contents + sec->size;
9811 for (from = contents, i = 0;
9813 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
9815 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
9818 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
9821 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
9822 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
9826 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9827 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9829 struct mips_elf_find_line
9831 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
9832 struct ecoff_find_line i;
9836 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
9837 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
9838 const char **filename_ptr,
9839 const char **functionname_ptr,
9840 unsigned int *line_ptr)
9844 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
9845 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
9849 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
9850 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
9851 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
9852 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
9855 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
9859 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
9860 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
9861 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
9863 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9864 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9865 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9866 origflags = msec->flags;
9867 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
9868 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
9870 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
9873 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
9876 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
9877 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
9879 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9882 msec->flags = origflags;
9886 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
9888 msec->flags = origflags;
9892 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9893 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
9894 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
9895 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
9897 msec->flags = origflags;
9900 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
9901 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
9902 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
9903 fraw_end = (fraw_src
9904 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
9905 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
9906 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
9908 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
9910 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9911 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9912 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9913 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9914 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9915 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9918 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
9919 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
9922 msec->flags = origflags;
9926 msec->flags = origflags;
9929 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9931 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
9932 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
9937 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
9938 const char **filename_ptr,
9939 const char **functionname_ptr,
9940 unsigned int *line_ptr)
9943 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
9944 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
9945 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
9950 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9951 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9952 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9955 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
9956 const void *location,
9957 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
9959 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
9963 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
9965 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
9966 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9967 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
9970 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
9973 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
9976 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
9979 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
9982 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
9986 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9987 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9990 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9992 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
9993 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
9995 bfd_boolean relocatable,
9998 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9999 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
10000 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
10003 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
10004 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
10007 if (reloc_size < 0)
10010 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
10011 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
10014 /* read in the section */
10015 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
10016 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
10019 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
10023 if (reloc_count < 0)
10026 if (reloc_count > 0)
10031 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
10034 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
10035 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
10036 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
10037 if (abfd && input_bfd
10038 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
10042 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
10043 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
10050 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
10051 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
10052 case bfd_link_hash_common:
10055 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
10056 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
10058 gp = lh->u.def.value;
10060 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
10061 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
10063 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
10065 case bfd_link_hash_new:
10074 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
10076 char *error_message = NULL;
10077 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
10079 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
10080 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
10081 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
10083 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
10084 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
10085 to the generic handling. */
10087 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
10088 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
10089 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
10090 input_section, relocatable,
10093 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
10095 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
10100 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
10102 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
10103 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
10107 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
10111 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
10112 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
10113 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
10114 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
10117 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
10118 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
10119 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
10120 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
10121 (*parent)->address)))
10124 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
10125 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
10127 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
10128 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
10129 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
10132 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
10141 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
10142 free (reloc_vector);
10146 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
10147 free (reloc_vector);
10151 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
10153 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10154 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10156 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
10157 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
10159 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
10163 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
10164 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
10165 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)))
10172 /* We no longer use this. */
10173 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
10174 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
10176 ret->procedure_count = 0;
10177 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
10178 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
10179 ret->rld_value = 0;
10180 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
10181 ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
10182 ret->srelbss = NULL;
10183 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
10184 ret->srelplt = NULL;
10185 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
10186 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
10188 ret->plt_header_size = 0;
10189 ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
10190 ret->function_stub_size = 0;
10192 return &ret->root.root;
10195 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10197 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10198 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10200 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10202 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10205 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10207 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
10208 htab->is_vxworks = 1;
10213 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10214 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10215 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10218 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10221 struct bfd_link_order *p;
10222 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
10223 asection *rtproc_sec;
10224 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
10225 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
10226 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10227 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
10228 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
10229 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
10234 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10236 static const char * const secname[] =
10238 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10239 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10241 static const int sc[] =
10243 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
10244 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
10247 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10248 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10249 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10251 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10252 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10256 struct mips_got_info *g;
10257 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount;
10259 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10260 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10261 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10262 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10263 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10266 dynsecsymcount = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info);
10267 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1))
10270 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10271 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10272 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
10273 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
10275 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
10276 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
10277 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
10278 <= g->global_gotno);
10281 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10282 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
10284 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
10286 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
10287 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
10288 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
10289 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
10290 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
10291 else if (htab->is_vxworks
10292 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
10293 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10294 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
10295 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
10296 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
10297 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
10299 else if (info->relocatable)
10301 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
10303 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10304 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
10306 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
10309 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10310 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
10314 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10315 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10316 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10320 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10322 reginfo_sec = NULL;
10324 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
10325 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
10326 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
10328 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
10330 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
10332 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10333 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10334 the information together. */
10335 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
10337 asection *input_section;
10339 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
10342 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
10344 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
10349 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
10350 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
10352 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
10353 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
10356 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
10358 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
10359 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
10360 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
10361 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
10362 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
10364 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10365 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10366 finally written out. */
10368 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10369 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10370 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
10373 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10374 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
10376 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10377 matters, but someday it might). */
10378 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
10383 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
10385 struct extsym_info einfo;
10388 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10389 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10390 the information together. */
10391 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
10392 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10393 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
10394 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
10395 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
10396 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
10397 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
10398 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
10399 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
10400 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
10401 symhdr->issMax = 0;
10402 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
10403 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
10405 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
10407 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10408 debug_info structure. */
10410 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
10411 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
10412 debug.external_sym = NULL;
10413 debug.external_opt = NULL;
10414 debug.external_aux = NULL;
10416 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
10417 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
10418 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
10419 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
10421 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
10422 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
10426 esym.cobol_main = 0;
10430 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
10431 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
10432 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
10433 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
10435 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
10437 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
10438 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
10441 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
10442 last = s->vma + s->size;
10445 esym.asym.value = last;
10446 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
10447 secname[i], &esym))
10451 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
10453 asection *input_section;
10455 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
10456 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
10460 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
10462 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
10467 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
10468 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
10470 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10471 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
10472 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
10474 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10475 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10476 want to deal with it. */
10480 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
10481 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
10483 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
10485 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10486 read in the debugging information and set up an
10487 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10488 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
10492 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10493 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
10494 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
10497 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10498 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10499 the linker global hash table and save the information
10500 for the output external symbols. */
10501 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
10502 eraw_end = (eraw_src
10503 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
10504 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
10506 eraw_src < eraw_end;
10507 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
10511 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10513 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
10514 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
10515 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
10516 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
10519 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
10520 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
10521 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
10522 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
10527 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
10528 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
10529 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
10535 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10536 free (input_debug.line);
10537 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
10538 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
10539 free (input_debug.external_sym);
10540 free (input_debug.external_opt);
10541 free (input_debug.external_aux);
10542 free (input_debug.ss);
10543 free (input_debug.ssext);
10544 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
10545 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
10546 free (input_debug.external_ext);
10548 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10549 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10550 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
10553 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
10555 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10556 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
10557 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
10559 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
10560 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
10562 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
10565 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
10566 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
10570 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
10576 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10579 einfo.debug = &debug;
10581 einfo.failed = FALSE;
10582 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
10583 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
10587 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10588 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
10590 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10591 matters, but someday it might). */
10592 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
10597 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
10599 const char *subname;
10602 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
10605 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10606 information describing how the small data area would
10607 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10608 not used in executables files. */
10609 if (! info->relocatable)
10611 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
10613 asection *input_section;
10615 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
10617 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
10622 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
10624 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10625 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10626 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
10629 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10630 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10631 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
10633 /* Really remove the section. */
10634 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
10635 --abfd->section_count;
10640 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10641 uninitialized data. */
10642 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10643 gptab_data_sec = o;
10644 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10648 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10649 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10650 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
10651 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
10655 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10656 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10657 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10658 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10659 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10660 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10661 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
10663 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
10664 o->name = ".gptab.data";
10666 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
10667 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10668 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
10671 /* Set up the first entry. */
10673 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
10674 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
10677 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
10678 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
10680 /* Combine the input sections. */
10681 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
10683 asection *input_section;
10685 bfd_size_type size;
10686 unsigned long last;
10687 bfd_size_type gpentry;
10689 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
10691 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
10696 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
10697 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
10699 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10700 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10701 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10702 size = input_section->size;
10704 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
10706 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
10708 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
10709 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
10715 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10716 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
10717 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
10723 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
10725 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
10726 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
10729 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
10731 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
10732 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
10734 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
10740 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
10743 /* We need a new table entry. */
10744 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
10745 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
10746 if (new_tab == NULL)
10752 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
10753 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
10755 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10756 value, since that will be implied by this new
10759 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
10761 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
10763 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
10764 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
10768 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
10769 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
10774 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
10777 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10778 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10779 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
10782 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10784 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
10786 /* Swap out the table. */
10787 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
10788 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
10789 if (ext_tab == NULL)
10795 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
10796 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
10799 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
10800 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
10802 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10803 matters, but someday it might). */
10804 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
10808 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10809 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
10812 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10814 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
10816 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
10818 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
10819 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
10823 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
10825 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
10826 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
10828 mdebug_sec->filepos))
10831 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
10834 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
10836 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
10837 gptab_data_sec->contents,
10838 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
10842 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
10844 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
10845 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
10846 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
10850 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
10852 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
10853 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
10855 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
10856 rtproc_sec->contents,
10857 0, rtproc_sec->size))
10865 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10867 struct mips_mach_extension {
10868 unsigned long extension, base;
10872 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10873 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10875 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
10876 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
10877 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
10879 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10880 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
10881 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
10883 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10884 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
10886 /* R10000 extensions. */
10887 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
10889 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10890 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10891 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10892 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10893 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10894 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
10895 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
10897 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10898 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10899 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10900 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10901 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10902 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10904 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10905 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
10906 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
10908 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10909 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10910 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10911 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10912 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10913 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10914 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10915 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10917 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10918 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
10920 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10921 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
10922 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
10924 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10925 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
10926 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
10930 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10933 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
10937 if (extension == base)
10940 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10941 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
10944 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10945 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
10948 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
10949 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
10951 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
10952 if (extension == base)
10960 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10963 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
10965 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
10966 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10967 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10968 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10969 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10970 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10971 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
10975 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
10976 there are conflicting attributes. */
10978 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
10980 obj_attribute *in_attr;
10981 obj_attribute *out_attr;
10983 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
10985 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
10986 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
10988 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
10990 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
10995 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
10996 non-conflicting ones. */
10997 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
10998 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
10999 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
11001 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
11002 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
11003 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
11004 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
11006 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 3)
11008 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
11009 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
11010 else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 3)
11012 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
11013 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
11015 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
11018 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
11022 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
11027 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11037 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
11041 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
11046 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11056 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
11061 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11075 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
11076 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
11081 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
11082 object file when linking. */
11085 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
11087 flagword old_flags;
11088 flagword new_flags;
11090 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
11093 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
11094 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
11096 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11097 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
11102 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11103 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
11106 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
11108 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11109 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
11114 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
11117 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
11118 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
11119 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
11121 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
11123 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
11124 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
11125 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
11126 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
11128 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
11129 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
11130 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
11131 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
11133 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
11134 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
11141 /* Check flag compatibility. */
11143 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
11144 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
11146 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
11147 doesn't seem to matter. */
11148 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
11149 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
11151 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
11152 just be able to ignore this. */
11153 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
11154 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
11156 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
11158 if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0
11159 && (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
11160 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
11162 if (new_flags == old_flags)
11165 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
11166 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
11167 actually cause any incompatibility. */
11168 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
11170 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
11171 which are automatically generated by gas. */
11172 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
11173 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
11175 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
11176 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
11177 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
11179 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
11183 if (null_input_bfd)
11188 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
11189 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
11191 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11192 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
11197 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
11198 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
11199 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
11200 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
11202 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
11203 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
11205 /* Compare the ISAs. */
11206 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
11208 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11209 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
11213 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
11215 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
11216 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
11218 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
11219 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
11220 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
11221 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
11222 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11223 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
11224 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
11226 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
11227 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
11228 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
11229 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
11230 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
11231 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
11235 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
11236 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11237 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11239 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
11240 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
11245 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
11246 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
11248 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
11249 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
11250 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
11251 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
11252 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
11254 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
11255 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
11256 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
11257 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
11259 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11260 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11262 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
11263 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
11266 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
11267 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
11270 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
11271 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
11273 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
11275 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
11276 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
11279 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
11280 if (new_flags != old_flags)
11282 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11283 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11284 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
11285 (unsigned long) old_flags);
11291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
11298 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11301 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
11303 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
11304 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
11306 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
11307 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
11312 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
11316 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
11318 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11319 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
11321 /* xgettext:c-format */
11322 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
11324 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
11325 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11326 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
11327 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11328 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
11329 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11330 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
11331 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11332 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
11333 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11334 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
11335 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11336 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
11337 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
11339 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
11341 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
11342 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
11343 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
11344 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
11345 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
11346 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
11347 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
11348 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
11349 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
11350 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
11351 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
11352 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
11353 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
11354 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
11355 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
11356 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
11357 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
11358 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
11360 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11362 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
11363 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
11365 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
11366 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
11368 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
11369 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
11371 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11373 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
11374 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
11376 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
11377 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
11379 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
11380 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
11382 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
11383 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
11385 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
11386 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
11388 fputc ('\n', file);
11393 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
11395 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
11396 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
11397 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
11398 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
11399 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
11400 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
11401 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11404 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
11405 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
11406 definiton of the symbol. */
11408 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11409 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
11410 bfd_boolean definition,
11411 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11413 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
11415 unsigned char other;
11417 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
11418 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11419 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
11423 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
11424 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
11427 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11428 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11430 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
11432 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
11436 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11438 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
11439 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11440 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);